[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex
This commit is contained in:
parent
d6ea0b5cca
commit
24cef5f87b
12210
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
Normal file
12210
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
Normal file
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../applications.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Applications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
1152
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
Normal file
1152
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
721
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
Normal file
721
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Online Database management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
|
||||
"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
|
||||
" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
|
||||
"database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Several actions are available:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
|
||||
"features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
|
||||
"flows without compromising your daily operations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "**Backup**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
|
||||
"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Contact Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
|
||||
"database already selected"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
|
||||
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
|
||||
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
|
||||
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
|
||||
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
|
||||
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
|
||||
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
|
||||
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
|
||||
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
|
||||
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
|
||||
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
|
||||
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
|
||||
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
|
||||
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
|
||||
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
|
||||
"database to the new version."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
|
||||
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
|
||||
"migration during non-business hours."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Duplicating a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
|
||||
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
|
||||
"database can duplicate without problem."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
|
||||
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
|
||||
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
|
||||
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
|
||||
msgid "Emails are sent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
|
||||
"example)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
|
||||
"behaviours to be disabled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
|
||||
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "Rename a Database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
|
||||
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
|
||||
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "Deleting a Database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
|
||||
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
|
||||
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
|
||||
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
|
||||
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
|
||||
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
|
||||
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
|
||||
"automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
|
||||
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "On-premise Database management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Register a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
|
||||
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
|
||||
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
|
||||
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
|
||||
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
|
||||
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Registration Error Message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
|
||||
"message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
|
||||
msgid "Solutions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
|
||||
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
|
||||
" Manager"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
|
||||
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
|
||||
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
|
||||
"database\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
|
||||
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
|
||||
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
|
||||
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
|
||||
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
|
||||
"specifying which database is problematic:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
|
||||
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
|
||||
"<duplicate_premise>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
|
||||
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
|
||||
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
|
||||
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
|
||||
"countdown is updated everyday."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
|
||||
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "or"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com "
|
||||
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
|
||||
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
|
||||
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
|
||||
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
|
||||
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
|
||||
"message disappear right away."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "Database expired error message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
|
||||
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
|
||||
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
|
||||
"database is expired."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
|
||||
"that"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
|
||||
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
|
||||
"card payments are processed immediately."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
|
||||
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
|
||||
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
|
||||
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
|
||||
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
|
||||
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
|
||||
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
|
||||
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
|
||||
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
|
||||
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
|
||||
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
|
||||
" mode**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
|
||||
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
|
||||
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
|
||||
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
|
||||
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
|
||||
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
|
||||
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
|
||||
"database will then be correctly identified."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
|
||||
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
|
||||
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
|
||||
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
|
||||
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
|
||||
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
|
||||
"registration problems down the line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
|
||||
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
|
||||
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
|
||||
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
|
||||
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Users and Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
|
||||
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
|
||||
"in use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
|
||||
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
|
||||
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
|
||||
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
|
||||
"paying one on our online platform)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
|
||||
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
|
||||
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
|
||||
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
|
||||
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
|
||||
"installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
|
||||
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
|
||||
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Deactivating Users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
|
||||
"change the status of any of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
|
||||
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
|
||||
"rights.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "|settings|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "|browse_users|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
|
||||
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
|
||||
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
|
||||
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
|
||||
"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
|
||||
" to **Inactive** immediately."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
|
||||
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
|
||||
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
|
||||
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
|
||||
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
|
||||
" access the list of your installed applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
|
||||
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
|
||||
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
|
||||
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
|
||||
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
|
||||
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
|
||||
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
|
||||
" click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "Good to know"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
|
||||
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
|
||||
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
|
||||
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
|
||||
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
|
||||
"operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
|
||||
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
|
||||
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
|
||||
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
|
||||
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
|
||||
"to work properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
|
||||
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
|
||||
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
658
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
Normal file
658
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
|
||||
" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
|
||||
"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
|
||||
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
|
||||
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
|
||||
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
|
||||
"reputation yourself."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
|
||||
"own email solution with Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
|
||||
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
|
||||
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
|
||||
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
|
||||
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
|
||||
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
|
||||
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
|
||||
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
|
||||
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
|
||||
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
|
||||
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
|
||||
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
|
||||
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
|
||||
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
|
||||
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
|
||||
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Allow DKIM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
|
||||
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
|
||||
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
|
||||
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
|
||||
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
|
||||
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
|
||||
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
|
||||
"alias (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
|
||||
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
|
||||
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
|
||||
"/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
|
||||
msgid "etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
|
||||
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
|
||||
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
|
||||
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
|
||||
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
|
||||
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
|
||||
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
|
||||
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
|
||||
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
|
||||
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
|
||||
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
|
||||
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
|
||||
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
|
||||
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
|
||||
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
|
||||
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
|
||||
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
|
||||
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
|
||||
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
|
||||
"Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
|
||||
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
|
||||
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
|
||||
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
|
||||
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
|
||||
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
|
||||
" this field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
|
||||
"the previous example you should write "
|
||||
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
|
||||
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
|
||||
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
|
||||
"settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
|
||||
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
|
||||
"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
|
||||
"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
|
||||
"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
|
||||
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
|
||||
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
|
||||
"another channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
|
||||
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
|
||||
"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
|
||||
"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
|
||||
"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
|
||||
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
|
||||
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
|
||||
"they are offline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
|
||||
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
|
||||
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
|
||||
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
|
||||
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
|
||||
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
|
||||
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
|
||||
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
|
||||
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
|
||||
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
|
||||
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
|
||||
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
|
||||
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
|
||||
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
|
||||
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
|
||||
"simple and searchable interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
|
||||
"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
|
||||
"undertake."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
|
||||
" your priorities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
|
||||
"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Set your activity types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
|
||||
"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Schedule meetings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
|
||||
"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
|
||||
"open to let you select a time slot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
|
||||
"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common "
|
||||
"following steps as *Recommended next activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. "
|
||||
"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
|
||||
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
|
||||
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
|
||||
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Creating a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
|
||||
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
|
||||
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
|
||||
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
|
||||
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
|
||||
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
|
||||
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
|
||||
"information)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Configuring a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
|
||||
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
|
||||
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
|
||||
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
|
||||
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
|
||||
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
|
||||
" a public channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
|
||||
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
|
||||
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
|
||||
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
|
||||
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
|
||||
"messages by email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Locating a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
|
||||
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
|
||||
" clicking the plus icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
|
||||
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
|
||||
"channels from a single screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
|
||||
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
|
||||
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
|
||||
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
|
||||
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
|
||||
"character wildcard.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
|
||||
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
|
||||
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
|
||||
"**Project** app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to add other followers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
|
||||
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
|
||||
" link back to the original document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How to be a default follower"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
|
||||
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
|
||||
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
|
||||
"created, an opportunity won)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
|
||||
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
|
||||
"about."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
1352
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
Normal file
1352
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
Normal file
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
827
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
Normal file
827
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "General"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Authentication"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
|
||||
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
|
||||
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
|
||||
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
|
||||
" save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
|
||||
"Client ID)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
|
||||
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
|
||||
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
|
||||
"Then click on **Create**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
|
||||
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Data Import"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to adapt an import template"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
|
||||
"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
|
||||
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
|
||||
"etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How to customize the file"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
|
||||
" here below)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
|
||||
" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
|
||||
"corresponding field using the search."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
|
||||
"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Why an “ID” column"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
|
||||
"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
|
||||
"duplicates;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "How to import relation fields"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
|
||||
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
|
||||
"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
|
||||
"their own list menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
|
||||
"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
|
||||
"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
|
||||
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "How to start"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
|
||||
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
|
||||
" and even orders!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
|
||||
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
|
||||
"already done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to adapt the template"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
|
||||
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
|
||||
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
|
||||
"corresponding field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
|
||||
"on the very next time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "How to import from another application"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
|
||||
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
|
||||
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
|
||||
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
|
||||
"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
|
||||
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
|
||||
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
|
||||
"whenever possible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
|
||||
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
|
||||
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
|
||||
"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
|
||||
"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
|
||||
"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
|
||||
" default."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
|
||||
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
|
||||
"complete list of fields for each column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
|
||||
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
|
||||
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
|
||||
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
|
||||
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
|
||||
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
|
||||
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
|
||||
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
|
||||
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
|
||||
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
|
||||
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
|
||||
"whatever your locale date format is."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
|
||||
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
|
||||
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
|
||||
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
|
||||
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
|
||||
"crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
|
||||
msgid "32.000,00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
|
||||
msgid "32000,00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "32,000.00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "-32000.00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid "(32000.00)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
|
||||
msgid "Example that will not work:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
|
||||
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
|
||||
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
|
||||
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
|
||||
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
|
||||
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
|
||||
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
|
||||
"application?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
|
||||
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
|
||||
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
|
||||
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
|
||||
"filter settings' > Save)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
|
||||
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
|
||||
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
|
||||
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
|
||||
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
|
||||
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
|
||||
"import."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
|
||||
"different fields to import:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
|
||||
"postgresql column"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
|
||||
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "Country: Belgium"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
|
||||
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
|
||||
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
|
||||
"according to your need:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
|
||||
" have been created manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
|
||||
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
|
||||
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
|
||||
"Database ID)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
|
||||
"party application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
|
||||
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
|
||||
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
|
||||
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
|
||||
"Products and their Categories."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`CSV file for categories "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`CSV file for Products "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
|
||||
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
|
||||
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
|
||||
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
|
||||
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
|
||||
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
|
||||
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
|
||||
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
|
||||
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
|
||||
"'Category'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
|
||||
"multiple tags)?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
|
||||
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
|
||||
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
|
||||
" of your CSV file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
|
||||
"Sales Order)?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
|
||||
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
|
||||
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
|
||||
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
|
||||
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
|
||||
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
|
||||
"you can import, based on demo data."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`File for some Quotations "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
|
||||
"respective purchase order lines:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
|
||||
"contacts:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
|
||||
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
|
||||
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
|
||||
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
|
||||
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
|
||||
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
|
||||
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
|
||||
"depending if it's new or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
|
||||
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
|
||||
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
|
||||
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
|
||||
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
|
||||
"assigning the default value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
|
||||
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
|
||||
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
|
||||
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
|
||||
"person and the company they work for)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
|
||||
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
|
||||
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
|
||||
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
|
||||
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
|
||||
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
|
||||
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
|
||||
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
|
||||
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
|
||||
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
|
||||
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
|
||||
" the following command:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
|
||||
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
|
||||
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
|
||||
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
|
||||
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
|
||||
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
|
||||
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
|
||||
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
|
||||
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
|
||||
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
|
||||
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
|
||||
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to add a user"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
|
||||
"point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Add individual users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
|
||||
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
|
||||
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
|
||||
" and a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
|
||||
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
|
||||
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
|
||||
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
|
||||
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
|
||||
"information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
|
||||
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
|
||||
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
|
||||
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
|
||||
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
|
||||
"users>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
|
||||
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Load your desired language"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
|
||||
"instance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
|
||||
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
|
||||
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
|
||||
" to change the navigation language on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Change your language"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
|
||||
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
|
||||
"**SAVE.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Change another user's language"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
|
||||
"language."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
|
||||
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
|
||||
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
|
||||
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
|
||||
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
|
||||
"**SAVE.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
757
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
Normal file
757
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
|
||||
"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
|
||||
"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
|
||||
"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
|
||||
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
|
||||
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
|
||||
" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
|
||||
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
|
||||
"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
|
||||
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
|
||||
"database ready to be used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
|
||||
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
|
||||
"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
|
||||
"user interface as shown in the picture below."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "|left_pic|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "|right_pic|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
|
||||
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
|
||||
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "These implementation planners will:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
|
||||
"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
|
||||
"implementation process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
|
||||
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read the documentation on our website: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
|
||||
"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
|
||||
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
|
||||
"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
|
||||
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
|
||||
msgid "What do we expect from you?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
|
||||
"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
|
||||
" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
|
||||
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
|
||||
"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
|
||||
"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
|
||||
" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
|
||||
"person must:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
|
||||
"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
|
||||
"implementations having a full time project manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
|
||||
"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
|
||||
"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
|
||||
"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
|
||||
"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
|
||||
"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
|
||||
"management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
|
||||
"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
|
||||
"extremist.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
|
||||
" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
|
||||
"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
|
||||
" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
|
||||
"costs of customization."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
|
||||
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
|
||||
"system(s) work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
|
||||
"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
|
||||
"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
|
||||
"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
|
||||
"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
|
||||
" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
|
||||
"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
|
||||
"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
|
||||
" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
|
||||
"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
|
||||
"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
|
||||
"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
|
||||
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
|
||||
" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
|
||||
"easier your training phases will be."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
|
||||
"resources:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
|
||||
msgid "Get things done"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
|
||||
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
|
||||
"install the Notes application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
|
||||
msgid "This module allows you to:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
|
||||
msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
|
||||
msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
|
||||
"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
|
||||
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
|
||||
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
|
||||
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
|
||||
msgid "Subscription Services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
|
||||
msgid "Cloud Hosting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
|
||||
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
|
||||
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
|
||||
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
|
||||
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
|
||||
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
|
||||
"etc...)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
|
||||
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
|
||||
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
|
||||
"misconfiguration or customization)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
|
||||
"version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
|
||||
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
|
||||
"help you implement your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
|
||||
"resources)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
|
||||
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
|
||||
"database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
|
||||
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
|
||||
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
|
||||
"involving code)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
|
||||
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
|
||||
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
|
||||
msgid "Upgrades"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
|
||||
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
|
||||
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
|
||||
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
|
||||
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
|
||||
"request."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
|
||||
msgid "Success Pack Services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
|
||||
"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
|
||||
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
|
||||
"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
|
||||
" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
|
||||
"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
|
||||
" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
|
||||
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
|
||||
"your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
|
||||
msgid "His/her role includes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
|
||||
" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
|
||||
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
|
||||
"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
|
||||
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
|
||||
"consultant."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
|
||||
"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
|
||||
"structures, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
|
||||
"prepared by the project manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
|
||||
"services:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
|
||||
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
|
||||
"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
|
||||
" for advanced customizations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
|
||||
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
|
||||
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
|
||||
"of your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
|
||||
"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
|
||||
" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
|
||||
"developers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
|
||||
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
|
||||
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
|
||||
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
|
||||
" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
|
||||
"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
|
||||
"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
|
||||
" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
|
||||
" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
|
||||
" subscription fee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
|
||||
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
|
||||
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
|
||||
"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
|
||||
"progressively, by groups of apps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
|
||||
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
|
||||
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
|
||||
"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
|
||||
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
|
||||
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
|
||||
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
|
||||
"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
|
||||
"project manager will import them in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
|
||||
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
|
||||
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
|
||||
"process your feedback."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
|
||||
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
|
||||
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
|
||||
" and reports**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
|
||||
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
|
||||
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
|
||||
msgid "Managing your databases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
|
||||
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
|
||||
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
|
||||
" with test data!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
|
||||
"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
|
||||
"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
|
||||
"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
|
||||
"<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
|
||||
msgid "Customer Success"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
|
||||
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
|
||||
"manager and eventually the support team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
|
||||
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
|
||||
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
|
||||
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
|
||||
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
|
||||
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
|
||||
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
393
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
Normal file
393
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
|
||||
" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
|
||||
" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
|
||||
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
|
||||
" or manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
|
||||
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
|
||||
"the lower right-hand side."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
|
||||
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
|
||||
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
|
||||
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
|
||||
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
|
||||
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
|
||||
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
|
||||
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
|
||||
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
|
||||
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
|
||||
"documentation `*here* "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
|
||||
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
|
||||
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
|
||||
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
|
||||
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
|
||||
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
|
||||
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
|
||||
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
|
||||
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
|
||||
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
|
||||
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
|
||||
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Red - Blocked"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
|
||||
"Ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
|
||||
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
|
||||
"timesheets will log against."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
|
||||
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
|
||||
"ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
|
||||
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
|
||||
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
|
||||
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "The modules needed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
|
||||
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
|
||||
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
|
||||
"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
|
||||
"it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
|
||||
"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
|
||||
" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
|
||||
"previously created as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
|
||||
" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
|
||||
"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
|
||||
"unit will do."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
|
||||
"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
|
||||
"configuration :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
|
||||
"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
|
||||
"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
|
||||
" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
|
||||
"the sale."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
|
||||
"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
|
||||
" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
|
||||
" and select the task on its form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
|
||||
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
|
||||
"*Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
|
||||
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
|
||||
" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
|
||||
"appear as the delivered quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
|
||||
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
Normal file
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
7687
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
Normal file
7687
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
366
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
Normal file
366
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
|
||||
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
|
||||
"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this `documentation "
|
||||
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware"
|
||||
" might work as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
|
||||
"RJ25 cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
|
||||
" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
|
||||
"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
|
||||
"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
|
||||
"your barcode scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
|
||||
"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure "
|
||||
"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi "
|
||||
"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available "
|
||||
"on boot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
|
||||
"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the"
|
||||
" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshoot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on"
|
||||
" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error"
|
||||
" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no "
|
||||
"receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
|
||||
"LED."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
|
||||
"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be "
|
||||
"ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
|
||||
"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected "
|
||||
"devices on your network router."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it"
|
||||
" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from "
|
||||
"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in"
|
||||
" the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
|
||||
"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
|
||||
"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
|
||||
"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
|
||||
"enough power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
|
||||
" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
|
||||
" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
|
||||
"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
|
||||
"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do "
|
||||
"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
|
||||
"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
|
||||
"and the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148
|
||||
msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
|
||||
"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155
|
||||
msgid "The printer is offline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
|
||||
"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
|
||||
"contact support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162
|
||||
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
|
||||
" the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
193
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
Normal file
193
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
|
||||
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
|
||||
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
|
||||
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
|
||||
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
|
||||
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
|
||||
" and then click on install."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
|
||||
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
|
||||
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
|
||||
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
|
||||
"website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
|
||||
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
|
||||
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
|
||||
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
|
||||
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
|
||||
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
|
||||
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
|
||||
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
|
||||
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
|
||||
" through the live chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
|
||||
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
|
||||
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
|
||||
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
|
||||
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
|
||||
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
|
||||
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
|
||||
"sessions randomly between them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "Use commands"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
|
||||
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
|
||||
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
|
||||
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
|
||||
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "Send canned responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
|
||||
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
|
||||
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
|
||||
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
|
||||
"assigned."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
|
||||
"visitors, enjoy !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
516
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
Normal file
516
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
|
||||
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
|
||||
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
|
||||
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
|
||||
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
|
||||
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
|
||||
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
|
||||
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
|
||||
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
|
||||
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
|
||||
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
|
||||
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
|
||||
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
|
||||
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
|
||||
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
|
||||
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
|
||||
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
|
||||
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
|
||||
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
|
||||
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||||
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
|
||||
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
|
||||
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
|
||||
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
|
||||
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
|
||||
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
|
||||
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
|
||||
"primary product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
|
||||
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
|
||||
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
|
||||
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
|
||||
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
|
||||
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
|
||||
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
|
||||
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
|
||||
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
|
||||
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
|
||||
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
|
||||
"subassembly is created as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
|
||||
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
|
||||
"subassembly as you would for any product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
|
||||
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
|
||||
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
|
||||
"effect."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
|
||||
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
|
||||
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
|
||||
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
|
||||
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
|
||||
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
|
||||
"variants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
|
||||
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
|
||||
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
|
||||
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
|
||||
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
|
||||
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
|
||||
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
|
||||
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
|
||||
"step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
|
||||
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
|
||||
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
|
||||
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
|
||||
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
|
||||
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
|
||||
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
|
||||
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
|
||||
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
|
||||
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
|
||||
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
|
||||
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
|
||||
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
|
||||
"their default values."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
|
||||
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
|
||||
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
|
||||
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
|
||||
"will appear in your stock."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
|
||||
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
|
||||
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
|
||||
"stock management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
|
||||
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
|
||||
" order rather than a packing operation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
|
||||
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
|
||||
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
|
||||
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
|
||||
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
|
||||
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
|
||||
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
|
||||
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
|
||||
"work orders and routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
|
||||
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Record Production"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
|
||||
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
|
||||
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
|
||||
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
|
||||
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
|
||||
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
|
||||
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
|
||||
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
|
||||
" step of scheduling work orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Unbuild a product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be "
|
||||
"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can"
|
||||
" unbuild products you have received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one "
|
||||
"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead "
|
||||
"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of "
|
||||
"unbuilding them and recycling them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Unbuild Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the"
|
||||
" menu *Unbuild Orders*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding "
|
||||
"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding "
|
||||
"something you received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the "
|
||||
"components from the MO back in stock."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the "
|
||||
"BoM back in stock."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Repair Management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Repair products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process "
|
||||
"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a "
|
||||
"defect."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a "
|
||||
"new one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Manage a repair"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*."
|
||||
" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the "
|
||||
"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you"
|
||||
" might need, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your "
|
||||
"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be "
|
||||
"able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
116
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
Normal file
116
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mobile"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
|
||||
"key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
|
||||
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
|
||||
"app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Firebase Settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Create a new project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
|
||||
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
|
||||
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
|
||||
"project**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Add an app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
|
||||
"not work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
|
||||
"skip the fourth step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Get generated API key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
|
||||
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
1363
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
Normal file
1363
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
164
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
Normal file
164
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
|
||||
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
|
||||
"Subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
|
||||
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
|
||||
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
|
||||
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
|
||||
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
|
||||
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
|
||||
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
|
||||
"information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
|
||||
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
|
||||
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
|
||||
"will be registered under this section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
|
||||
"purchased and process the payment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
|
||||
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
|
||||
"you if the invoice has been paid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
|
||||
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
|
||||
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
|
||||
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
|
||||
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
|
||||
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
|
||||
"information and the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
|
||||
"the new credit card details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
|
||||
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
|
||||
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
|
||||
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
|
||||
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
|
||||
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
|
||||
"no longer be able to access the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Success Packs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
|
||||
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
|
||||
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
|
||||
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
|
||||
":ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
Normal file
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../practical.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Practical Information"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
1593
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
Normal file
1593
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1905
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
Normal file
1905
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
Normal file
22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Recruitment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
1396
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
Normal file
1396
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1382
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
Normal file
1382
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -3,14 +3,52 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# josue giron <josvasmetal@icloud.com>, 2018
|
||||
# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
|
||||
# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Javier Calero <Kalerovic@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco <juanpablo.vargas@cruzoil.com>, 2018
|
||||
# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2018
|
||||
# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2018
|
||||
# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
|
||||
# Christopher Ormaza <chris.ormaza@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Loredana Pepe <lpp@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Manuel Mahecha <info@mittelstd.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
|
||||
# Antonio Trueba, 2018
|
||||
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Germana Oliveira <germana@vauxoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2018
|
||||
# Massiel Acuna <mac@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Massiel Acuna <mac@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -1825,6 +1863,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
|
||||
"Holder"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nombre del titular de la cuenta, en caso de que sea diferente al nombre del "
|
||||
"titular de la cuenta"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,22 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# ShevAbam, 2018
|
||||
# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2018
|
||||
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
|
||||
# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -195,6 +203,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
|
||||
"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Maar wat het echte verschil is tussen een succesvolle implementatie en een "
|
||||
"trage, is u, de klant! ** Uit onze ervaring, wanneer de klant betrokken en "
|
||||
"proactief is, is de implementatie soepel."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
|
||||
@ -207,6 +218,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
|
||||
"person must:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"We vragen u om één aanspreekpunt binnen uw bedrijf aan te stellen om samen "
|
||||
"met onze projectmanager te werken aan uw Odoo-implementatie. Dit is "
|
||||
"noodzakelijk voor een efficiëntie en om een centrale kennisbasis in uw "
|
||||
"bedrijf te kunnen aanspreken. Bovendien moet deze persoon:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,23 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -40,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Connexion Ethernet"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -50,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Mettez la POSBox sous tension"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
|
||||
@ -58,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Connexion WIFI"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,28 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -777,12 +791,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank"
|
||||
" account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Zodra de interface Plaid of Yodlee is geïnstalleerd, kunt u Odoo verbinden "
|
||||
"met uw bank. Om dat te doen, klikt u op ** Meer ** op de bank van uw keuze "
|
||||
"vanuit het boekhoud dashboard. Klik in het menu op Instellingen om de "
|
||||
"bankrekening te configureren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to "
|
||||
"**Bank Synchronization**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"In het bankformulier stelt u op het tabblad Bankrekening de optie bankfeeds "
|
||||
"in op ** Bank-synchronisatie **."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -790,6 +810,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button "
|
||||
"and fill in your bank credentials."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als dit klaar is, gaat u terug naar uw boekhoud dashboard. U zou een ** "
|
||||
"Online Synchronisatie ** knop op uw bankkaart moeten zien. Klik op deze knop"
|
||||
" en vul uw bank referenties in."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,21 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -24,11 +31,11 @@ msgstr "CRM"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Acquire leads"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Verwerven van leads"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Converteer leads in opportuniteiten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -38,6 +45,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
|
||||
"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een "
|
||||
"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * "
|
||||
"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerkers toewijst. U kunt deze "
|
||||
"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van toepassing op "
|
||||
"al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kunt het specifiek maken voor specifieke "
|
||||
"kanalen vanuit het configuratieformulier."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
|
||||
@ -51,16 +64,20 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> "
|
||||
"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
|
||||
"aggregate."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U hebt nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen "
|
||||
"toegevoegd worden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -68,6 +85,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
|
||||
"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in "
|
||||
"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen "
|
||||
"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -76,10 +96,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
|
||||
"customer already exists."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de "
|
||||
"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u "
|
||||
"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Genereer leads vanuit inkomende e-mails"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -87,10 +110,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
|
||||
" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie "
|
||||
"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn "
|
||||
"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt "
|
||||
"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Configure email aliases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stel e-mail aliassen in"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -100,10 +127,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Sales Channels`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Elk verkoopkanaal kan zijn eigen e-mail alias hebben om leads / "
|
||||
"opportuniteiten te genereren die automatisch aan het verkoopkanaal worden "
|
||||
"toegewezen. Dit is handig als u meerdere verkoopteams beheert met specifieke"
|
||||
" bedrijfsprocessen. U vindt de configuratie van verkoopkanalen onder: "
|
||||
"menuselectie: `Configuratie -> Verkoopkanalen '."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanaf uw website contact pagina"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -111,24 +143,30 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
|
||||
" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie "
|
||||
"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd "
|
||||
"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Gebruik het contacteer ons op uw website"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "You should first go to your website app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Ga eerst naar the website app."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
|
||||
"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als de CRM-app is geïnstalleerd, profiteert u van een kant-en-klaar "
|
||||
"contactformulier op uw Odoo-website dat leads / opportuniteiten automatisch "
|
||||
"genereert."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -136,11 +174,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
|
||||
"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website"
|
||||
" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de "
|
||||
"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * "
|
||||
"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Create a custom contact form"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Maak een aangepast contactformulier"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -150,12 +192,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
|
||||
"etc...)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u meer informatie wenst over uw bezoeker wanneer zij contact met u "
|
||||
"opnemen kan u een aangepast contactformulier op uw website maken. "
|
||||
"Contactformulieren kunnen meerdere soorten records in het systeem genereren "
|
||||
"(e-mails, leads / opportuniteiten, projecttaken, helpdesk tickets, enz ...)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
|
||||
"Odoo Enterprise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Installeer hiervoor de gratis * Website Form Builder * module. Alleen "
|
||||
"beschikbaar in Odoo Enterprise."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -163,22 +211,29 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
|
||||
"wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vanaf elke pagina waar u uw contactformulier wenst, sleept u in de "
|
||||
"bewerkmodus de form builder op de pagina en kunt u de gewenste velden "
|
||||
"toevoegen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
|
||||
"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Standaard verzendt elk nieuw contactformulier een e-mail, u kunt omschakelen"
|
||||
" naar lead/opportuniteit generatie in * Wijzig formulier parameters *."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
|
||||
"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als dezelfde bezoekers het contactformulier twee keer gebruiken, wordt de "
|
||||
"tweede informatie toegevoegd aan de eerste lead/opportuniteit in de chatter."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -186,10 +241,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
|
||||
"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer u een contactformulier gebruikt, is het raadzaam om een kwalificatie"
|
||||
" stap te gebruiken voordat u een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. Activeer "
|
||||
"hiervoor * Leads * in CRM-instellingen en raadpleeg: doc: `convert`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send quotations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Offertes versturen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -197,46 +255,59 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
|
||||
" Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer je leads hebt gekwalificeerd voor een opportuniteit, zal er "
|
||||
"hoogstwaarschijnlijk een offerte moeten gemaakt worden. U kunt dit met Odoo "
|
||||
"rechtstreeks vanuit de CRM-app."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Create a new quotation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
|
||||
"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *"
|
||||
" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt "
|
||||
"opmaken en beheren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
|
||||
"*Quotations* menu on that page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * "
|
||||
"Offerte(s) *."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Mark them won/lost"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Markeer als gewonnen/verloren"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
|
||||
"process along."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces "
|
||||
"verder te zetten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
|
||||
"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * "
|
||||
"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, "
|
||||
"worden ze gearchiveerd."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijkse werkzaamheden"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Synchroniseer Google kalender met Odoo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -331,6 +402,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
|
||||
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer "
|
||||
"Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -350,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Gebruik VOIP-diensten in Odoo met OnSIP"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||||
@ -766,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Configureer uw kanban fases"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -785,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stel uw verwachte omzet en sluitingsdatum in"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -862,11 +935,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Organize the pipeline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -877,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -893,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,21 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -217,6 +224,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
|
||||
" and even orders!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U kunt gegevens importeren in elk Odoo's business object met behulp van "
|
||||
"Excel (.xlsx) of CSV (.csv) bestanden: contactpersonen, producten, "
|
||||
"bankafschriften, journaalboekingen en zelfs bestellingen!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
|
||||
@ -229,6 +239,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
|
||||
"already done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Daar vindt u sjablonen die u gemakkelijk kunt invullen met uw eigen "
|
||||
"gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De "
|
||||
"data mapping is reeds gedaan."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to adapt the template"
|
||||
@ -253,6 +266,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
|
||||
"corresponding field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer u een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, kan Odoo het mogelijk niet automatisch "
|
||||
"toewijzen als het label in Odoo niet als een bestaand veld herkend wordt. "
|
||||
"Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de "
|
||||
"import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -414,6 +431,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
|
||||
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als uw CSV-bestand een tabellering heeft als scheidingsteken zal Odoo de "
|
||||
"scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in "
|
||||
"uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -504,6 +524,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
|
||||
" have been created manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit"
|
||||
" een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -567,6 +589,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
|
||||
"'Category'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Maar als u de configuratie van de productcategorieën niet wilt wijzigen, "
|
||||
"raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld "
|
||||
"'Categorie'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -583,6 +608,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
|
||||
" of your CSV file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Labels moeten gescheiden worden door een komma zonder enige spatie. "
|
||||
"Bijvoorbeeld, als u een klant zowel het label 'Fabrikant' als 'Retailer' wil"
|
||||
" geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in "
|
||||
"uw CSV bestand."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -608,6 +637,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
|
||||
"you can import, based on demo data."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient "
|
||||
"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere "
|
||||
"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke"
|
||||
" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een"
|
||||
" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking "
|
||||
"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het "
|
||||
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met "
|
||||
"demogegevens van enkele offertes."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -636,6 +673,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
|
||||
"contacts:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende "
|
||||
"contactpersonen te importeren:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -679,6 +718,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
|
||||
"assigning the default value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u niet alle velden in uw CSV file een waarde geeft, zal Odoo de "
|
||||
"standaard waarde voor ieder niet-gedefinieerd veld gebruiken. Voor velden "
|
||||
"zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van "
|
||||
"het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
|
||||
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
|
||||
@ -693,6 +736,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
|
||||
"person and the company they work for)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u gegevens moet importeren van verschillende tabellen, dient u de "
|
||||
"relaties tussen de records van de verschillende tabellen aan te maken. "
|
||||
"(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen "
|
||||
"ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -703,6 +750,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
|
||||
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de "
|
||||
"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke "
|
||||
"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" "
|
||||
"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig "
|
||||
"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de "
|
||||
"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen "
|
||||
"'1')"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -713,12 +767,20 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
|
||||
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt "
|
||||
"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één "
|
||||
"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het "
|
||||
"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier <a "
|
||||
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">heeft u hier een "
|
||||
"dump van een PostgreSQL databank</a>)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
|
||||
" the following command:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, "
|
||||
"schrijf het volgende commando:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
|
||||
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
|
||||
@ -745,6 +807,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
|
||||
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote "
|
||||
"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie "
|
||||
"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van "
|
||||
"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID "
|
||||
"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID "
|
||||
"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een "
|
||||
"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -753,10 +822,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
|
||||
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De twee aangemaakte bestanden zijn gereed om te worden geïmporteerd in Odoo,"
|
||||
" zonder enige aanpassing. Na het importeren van deze twee CSV bestanden "
|
||||
"heeft u 4 contactpersonen en 3 bedrijven. (De eerste 2 contactpersonen zijn "
|
||||
"gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de "
|
||||
"personen te importeren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Basisprincipes"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to add a user"
|
||||
@ -781,12 +855,19 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
|
||||
" and a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vanuit Instellingen, ga naar het submenu :menuselectie:`Gebruikers --> "
|
||||
"Gebruikers` en klik op **Aanmaken**. Geef de naam van uw nieuwe gebruiker in"
|
||||
" en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij inlogt op zijn "
|
||||
"Odoo instantie - en een foto."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
|
||||
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Onder \"Toegangsrechten\" kan u kiezen tot welke applicaties uw gebruiker "
|
||||
"toegangsrecht of gebruiksrecht krijgt. Verschillende niveau's van rechten "
|
||||
"zijn beschikbaar afhankelijk van de app."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -794,6 +875,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
|
||||
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u klaar bent met het bewerken van de pagina en hebt geklikt op ** "
|
||||
"OPSLAAN **, wordt automatisch een uitnodigingsmail naar de gebruiker "
|
||||
"verzonden. De gebruiker moet erop klikken om de uitnodiging voor uw Odoo "
|
||||
"instantie te accepteren en een login aan te maken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -801,6 +886,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
|
||||
"information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de"
|
||||
" * Prijspagina * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>` voor meer informatie."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -810,6 +897,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
|
||||
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U kan ook rechtstreeks een nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen vanaf de app "
|
||||
"instellingen/Dashboard. Vanuit de bovenstaande schermafbeelding, voer het "
|
||||
"e-mailadres in van de gebruiker die u wilt toevoegen en klik op "
|
||||
"**UITNODIGEN**. De gebruiker ontvangt een e-mailuitnodiging met een link om "
|
||||
"zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren "
|
||||
"onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,19 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -24,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Helpdesk"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
@ -65,6 +70,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
|
||||
" or manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team "
|
||||
"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk "
|
||||
"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u "
|
||||
"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
|
||||
@ -76,6 +85,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
|
||||
"the lower right-hand side."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de "
|
||||
"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de "
|
||||
"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -84,6 +96,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
|
||||
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert "
|
||||
"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe"
|
||||
" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor "
|
||||
"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
|
||||
@ -98,12 +114,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
|
||||
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", "
|
||||
"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
|
||||
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een "
|
||||
"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het "
|
||||
"ticket."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -111,6 +132,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
|
||||
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar "
|
||||
"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een "
|
||||
"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -118,6 +142,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
|
||||
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant "
|
||||
"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp "
|
||||
"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -140,12 +167,19 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
|
||||
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige "
|
||||
"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf "
|
||||
"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de "
|
||||
"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld "
|
||||
"'Toegewezen aan'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
|
||||
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt "
|
||||
"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -165,54 +199,66 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
|
||||
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het "
|
||||
"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit "
|
||||
"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
|
||||
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, "
|
||||
"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
|
||||
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
|
||||
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is "
|
||||
"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
|
||||
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de "
|
||||
"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Red - Blocked"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
|
||||
"Ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het"
|
||||
" ticket formulier."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -220,36 +266,46 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
|
||||
"timesheets will log against."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op "
|
||||
"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren "
|
||||
"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
|
||||
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een"
|
||||
" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
|
||||
"ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor"
|
||||
" dit ticket hebben gedaan."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
|
||||
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, "
|
||||
"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de "
|
||||
"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -257,10 +313,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
|
||||
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij "
|
||||
"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt "
|
||||
"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te "
|
||||
"factureren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "The modules needed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -268,14 +328,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
|
||||
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules"
|
||||
" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga "
|
||||
"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -289,10 +352,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
|
||||
"it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat "
|
||||
"daarvoor urenstaten toe."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -305,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -335,15 +400,15 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -356,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -368,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -376,16 +441,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
|
||||
"*Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te "
|
||||
"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het "
|
||||
"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
|
||||
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in"
|
||||
" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -399,3 +469,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
|
||||
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken "
|
||||
"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de "
|
||||
"klant!"
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,26 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -209,6 +221,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
|
||||
"outgoing deliveries:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Partijnummers kunnen worden gecodeerd van binnenkomende zendingen, interne "
|
||||
"mutaties en uitgaande leveringen:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -246,6 +260,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
|
||||
"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Partijnummers zijn kenmerkend aan meerdere identieke producten, dus elke "
|
||||
"keer als u een partijnummer scant, zal Odoo eentje toevoegen aan het product"
|
||||
" aantal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -268,6 +285,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
|
||||
" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Scan een product van de inkomende zending en scan vervolgens het "
|
||||
"partijnummer van elk product (u kunt ook het toetsenbord gebruiken)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
|
||||
@ -275,7 +294,7 @@ msgstr "Click bewaar/scan **Valideer** en u bent klaar."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe ontvangsten te verwerken?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -283,6 +302,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
|
||||
"scan products directly)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Er zijn twee mogelijkheden om ontvangsten te verwerken: u kan werken op "
|
||||
"afgedrukte documenten (en lijnen scannen van het document), of van een "
|
||||
"scherm (en scan direct producten)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
|
||||
@ -293,12 +315,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
|
||||
"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Print ontvangsten van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren vanuit de "
|
||||
"**Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste menu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
|
||||
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u eenmaal uw ontvangsten begint te verwerken scant u de streepjescode in"
|
||||
" de rechterbovenhoek van uw document om de juiste ontvangstoperatie te "
|
||||
"openen op het scherm."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -327,12 +354,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
|
||||
"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wanneer u alle items heeft ontvangen klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of "
|
||||
"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
|
||||
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar de volgende te verwerken ontvangst door te klikken op de **pijl** "
|
||||
"rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** streepjescode actie te scannen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||||
@ -369,6 +400,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is "
|
||||
"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-"
|
||||
"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de "
|
||||
"barcodescanner."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||||
@ -380,6 +415,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad "
|
||||
"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-"
|
||||
"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -388,6 +426,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||||
"be configured to be so."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de "
|
||||
"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met "
|
||||
"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw "
|
||||
"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -397,6 +439,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
|
||||
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De ** bluetooth-scanner ** kan worden gekoppeld met een smartphone of tablet"
|
||||
" en is een goede keuze als u mobiel wilt zijn, zonder zwaar te moeten "
|
||||
"investeren. Een mogelijkheid is u bij Odoo aan te melden via je smartphone, "
|
||||
"de bluetooth-scanner aan de smartphone te koppelen, en de magazijn "
|
||||
"verwerkingen te scannen, met nog steeds de mogelijkheid om de transacties "
|
||||
"via je smartphone 'handmatig' te verwerken en te controleren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -424,6 +472,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out"
|
||||
" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet"
|
||||
" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste "
|
||||
"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de "
|
||||
"gebruikshandleiding te scannen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||||
@ -458,6 +511,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De functies voor barcodescanning kunnen u veel tijd doen besparen dat "
|
||||
"meestal verloren gaat door het schakelen tussen het toetsenbord, de muis en "
|
||||
"de scanner. Het op de juiste manier toewijzen van streepjescodes aan "
|
||||
"producten, locaties voor pickings, enz. stelt u in staat efficiënter te "
|
||||
"werken door de software bijna uitsluitend te besturen met de barcodescanner."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -469,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Document: |download_barcode|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Set products barcodes"
|
||||
@ -492,6 +550,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||||
"them)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"<strong>Productvarianten:</strong> wees voorzichtig met streepjescodes "
|
||||
"direct op een variant toe te voegen en niet op het sjabloonproduct (anders "
|
||||
"kan u ze niet onderscheiden)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||||
@ -507,6 +568,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
|
||||
"paper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u meerdere locaties beheert, is het handig om aan elke locatie een "
|
||||
"streepjescode toe te wijzen en deze op de locatie te plakken. U kunt de "
|
||||
"streepjescode van de locaties configureren in: menuselectie: `Voorraad -> "
|
||||
"Configuratie -> Magazijnbeheer -> Locaties`. Er is een knop in het menu ** "
|
||||
"Afdrukken ** die u kunt gebruiken om de namen van locaties en streepjescodes"
|
||||
" af te drukken. Er zijn 4 streepjescodes per pagina, zodanig gerangschikt "
|
||||
"dat het handig is om op stickerpapier af te drukken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -525,6 +593,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
|
||||
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"<strong>EAN-13 barcodes:</strong> gebruikt door de meeste producthandelaren,"
|
||||
" ze kunnen niet gemaakt worden zonder een autorisatie: bij de internationale"
|
||||
" artikelnummer associatie kan u een EAN code reeks aankopen (de reden waarom"
|
||||
" twee producten nooit dezelfde EAN code hebben)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -551,6 +623,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
|
||||
"keep the inventory right."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een van de belangrijkste kenmerken van een warehouse management software is "
|
||||
"het bijhouden van een correcte voorraad."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -558,6 +632,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
|
||||
"the right locations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Zodra uw producten zijn gedefinieerd, is het tijd om uw eerste inventaris op"
|
||||
" te maken. Dit wordt meteen een weerspiegeling van de realiteit door de "
|
||||
"juiste hoeveelheden op de juiste locaties te inventariseren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||||
@ -662,12 +739,16 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Voeg de ** Reële hoeveelheid ** toe die u voor elk product in voorraad hebt "
|
||||
"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"additional information will be available according to the options you "
|
||||
"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"aanvullende informatie zal beschikbaar zijn volgens de opties die u hebt "
|
||||
"geactiveerd (multi-locaties, serienummer, consignatie)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -697,6 +778,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||||
"delivery strategies."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar "
|
||||
"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw "
|
||||
"productie- en levering- strategieën."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||||
@ -716,6 +800,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
|
||||
"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het "
|
||||
"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen "
|
||||
"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het "
|
||||
"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem "
|
||||
"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het"
|
||||
" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
|
||||
@ -731,6 +821,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
|
||||
"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk "
|
||||
"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **"
|
||||
" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt "
|
||||
"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
|
||||
@ -873,6 +967,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||||
"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het "
|
||||
"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -880,6 +976,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
|
||||
"stock valuation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product "
|
||||
"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock "
|
||||
"berekening."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -890,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||||
@ -905,6 +1004,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
|
||||
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. "
|
||||
"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op "
|
||||
"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw "
|
||||
"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het "
|
||||
"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||||
@ -912,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "Leveringen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
|
||||
@ -948,6 +1052,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
|
||||
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo biedt u de mogelijkheid om een leveringsmethode te annuleren, of deze "
|
||||
"nu te snel is gevalideerd, moet worden gewijzigd of om een andere reden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -955,6 +1061,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
|
||||
"any bad surprise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sommige vervoerders zijn flexibeler dan andere, dus zorg ervoor dat u uw "
|
||||
"levering zo snel mogelijk annuleert om onaangename verrassingen te "
|
||||
"vermijden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||||
@ -967,12 +1076,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
|
||||
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module. "
|
||||
"Klik vervolgens op de verkooporder die u wilt annuleren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
|
||||
"order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Klik op de knop ** Levering** in de rechterbovenhoek van de verkooporder."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -980,22 +1092,30 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
|
||||
" cancel the delivery."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Klik op het tabblad ** Aanvullende Informatie ** , zult zien dat naast de **"
|
||||
" Levering Tracking informatie **, er een ** Annuleren ** knop is. Klik erop "
|
||||
"om de levering te annuleren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
|
||||
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw levering werd geannuleerd, check de historiek , u"
|
||||
" ontvangt de bevestiging van de annulering."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Hoe kan ik een leveringsmethode beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
|
||||
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Met Odoo kunt u verschillende soorten leveringsmethoden instellen en kunt u "
|
||||
"ze beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1007,12 +1127,15 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Selecteer de leveringsmethode die u wilt wijzigen of maak een nieuwe aan."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
|
||||
"this delivery method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Kies op het tabblad ** Bestemming ** de landen waarop u deze "
|
||||
"leveringsmethode wilt toepassen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,19 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -20,59 +25,63 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met "
|
||||
"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Klik vervolgens op de Scan knop."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "WiFi Verbinding"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Kopieer de token"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen "
|
||||
"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -80,6 +89,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u"
|
||||
" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet "
|
||||
"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -88,6 +100,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. "
|
||||
"dit token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -95,18 +111,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord "
|
||||
"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u "
|
||||
"wordt omgeleid naar uw database."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
@ -114,15 +133,15 @@ msgstr "Vereisten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Een IoT Box"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Een 2A Voedingsadapter met pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
@ -132,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -144,6 +163,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een Epson USB TM-T20-printer of een andere ESC/POS compatibele printer "
|
||||
"(Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
|
||||
@ -156,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "Een Epson compatibele kassa lade"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
@ -168,10 +190,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this `documentation "
|
||||
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om hardware aan te sluiten op de Kassa, is de eerste stap om een IoT Box aan"
|
||||
" te sluiten op uw database. Volg hiervoor deze `documentatie "
|
||||
"'<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -179,6 +204,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware"
|
||||
" might work as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, maar andere "
|
||||
"hardware werkt mogelijk ook."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
|
||||
@ -218,6 +246,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Ethernet**: Als u geen Wi-Fi wilt gebruiken steekt u de ethernetkabel in. "
|
||||
"Verzeker u van dat dit de IoT Box connecteert met hetzelfde netwerk als uw "
|
||||
"Kassa."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -226,6 +257,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available "
|
||||
"on boot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Wi-Fi**: The huisige versie van de IoT Box heeft ingebouwde Wi-Fi. Zorg "
|
||||
"ervoor dat u geen Ethernet-kabel aansluit tijdens het opstarten, omdat alle "
|
||||
"Wi-Fi-functionaliteit zal worden omzeild wanneer een bekabelde "
|
||||
"netwerkverbinding beschikbaar is bij het opstarten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -233,10 +268,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the"
|
||||
" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als u klaar bent, kun je de IoT Box verbinden met je Kassa. Hiervoor gaat u "
|
||||
"naar Kassaverkoop > Instellingen > Kassaverkoop > Kassanaam, vinkt u het "
|
||||
"vakje \"IoT Box\" aan en selecteert u de IoT Box waarmee u verbinding wilt "
|
||||
"maken. Sla de wijzigingen op."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshoot"
|
||||
@ -244,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "Troubleshoot"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "De PoS kan niet connecteren met de IoT Box"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -253,12 +292,19 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no "
|
||||
"receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De gemakkelijkste manier om u er van te verzekeren dat de IoT Box correct is"
|
||||
" opgezet is om de IoT Box aan te zetten met de printer ingeplugd. Indien "
|
||||
"functioneel zal de printer een ticket uitprinten waar eender welke "
|
||||
"foutmelding op wordt geprint of het IP adres van de IoT Box indien alles in "
|
||||
"orde is. Controleer de volgende stappen als er geen ticket wordt geprint:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
|
||||
"LED."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box van stroom voorzien is, dit is aangegeven "
|
||||
"als de LED een heldere rode kleur uitstraalt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -266,6 +312,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be "
|
||||
"ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box klaar is, dit is aangegeven door een heldere"
|
||||
" groene status LED net naast de rode status LED. De IoT Box zou klaar moeten"
|
||||
" zijn ~2 minuten nadat deze is opgestart."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -273,12 +322,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected "
|
||||
"devices on your network router."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Verzeker u er van dat de IoT Box is geconnecteerd met hetzelfde netwerk als"
|
||||
" uw Kassa. Beide het toestel en de IoT Box moeten zichtbaar zijn in de "
|
||||
"lijst van verbonden toestellen op uw netwerk router."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it"
|
||||
" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Indien u in de configuratie het IP heeft ingegeven moet u zich ervan "
|
||||
"verzekeren dat deze correspondeert met de informatie op het geprinte IoT Box"
|
||||
" status ticket."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
|
||||
@ -290,6 +345,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in"
|
||||
" the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een bug in Firefox zijn HTTP implementatie voorkomt de goede werking van de "
|
||||
"automatische ontdekking. Wanneer u Firefox gebruikt moet u manueel de IoT "
|
||||
"Box zijn IP adres ingeven in de Kassa configuratie."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
|
||||
@ -311,6 +369,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
|
||||
"enough power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De IoT Box heeft een 2A voeding nodig om te werken met sommige barcode "
|
||||
"scanners. Zorg ervoor dat de voeding die u gebruikt genoeg kracht heeft "
|
||||
"indien u niet de meegeleverde voeding gebruikt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -328,6 +389,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sommige slecht gebouwde scanners adverteren zichzelf niet als barcode "
|
||||
"scanners maar als usb toetsenborden en zullen niet herkend worden door de "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
|
||||
@ -338,6 +402,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
|
||||
"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Zorg ervoor dat er gelijktijdig niet meer dan één apparaat met de optie "
|
||||
"'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' is ingeschakeld en geconnecteerd met de "
|
||||
"IoT Box ."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
|
||||
@ -350,6 +417,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
|
||||
"and the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een kleine vertraging voor de eerste print is normaal, aangezien de IoT Box "
|
||||
"op voorhand wat verwerking doet om de volgende printopdrachten te "
|
||||
"versnellen. Als u hierna nog vertragingen heeft bij het printen is dit "
|
||||
"mogelijk door een slechte netwerkconnectie tussen de Kassa en de IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148
|
||||
msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
|
||||
@ -360,6 +431,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
|
||||
"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De IoT Box ondersteunt niet alle talen en karakters. Het ondersteund "
|
||||
"momenteel Latin en Cyrillic gebaseerde scripts, met basis Japanse "
|
||||
"ondersteuning."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155
|
||||
msgid "The printer is offline"
|
||||
|
@ -3,13 +3,18 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
@ -255,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
|
||||
|
@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
|
||||
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -154,6 +160,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
|
||||
"Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google "
|
||||
"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren "
|
||||
"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden "
|
||||
"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -659,6 +669,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
|
||||
"server (NGINX or Apache)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal "
|
||||
"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1506,6 +1518,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
|
||||
"domain. Here are some tips:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw "
|
||||
"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen"
|
||||
" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Simple and obvious"
|
||||
@ -1562,6 +1577,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
|
||||
"issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk deze"
|
||||
" eenvoudige tutorials:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
|
||||
@ -1579,6 +1596,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
|
||||
"This is Odoo's job!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw "
|
||||
"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken "
|
||||
"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
|
||||
@ -1630,6 +1650,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
|
||||
"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. "
|
||||
"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen (bijvoorbeeld "
|
||||
"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
|
||||
|
@ -3,13 +3,17 @@
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Заплануйте послідовність дій для їх відслідковування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -675,16 +679,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common "
|
||||
"following steps as *Recommended next activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo допомагає вам легко спланувати свій звичайний робочий процес. Перейдіть"
|
||||
" до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи діяльності` та встановіть наступні"
|
||||
" кроки, такі як *Рекомендовані наступні дії*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. "
|
||||
"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер, коли активність завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати "
|
||||
"наступне*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Розважайтеся, стаючи організованішими із плануванням дій!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
|
||||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user